Agenda Packet — Salinas City Council, May 7, 2024 (part 8 of 9)

Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve
A bronze three (3)-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 0.75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap.

Pick-Up Hose
A 0.75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 0.75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to five (5) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be front bumper discharge, both crosslays, center rear 2.50" outlet, hose reel.

System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

Bid #: 922 55
0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3

SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence.
0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, Quarter Turn

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" quarter turn drain valve located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0746445 Approval Dwg, Pump Operator's
Panel, Includes Color And Label Tags

The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up Two (02) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or markups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0615641 Pump Panel Configuration, Similar to
Control Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration layout will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. 0629252 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Black Vinyl

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a black vinyl finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel.

Bid #: 922 56
0770702 SP Panel, Pump Access - Both Sides
and Front, Salinas

LEFT SIDE PANEL
The left side pump panel will be split into (4) pieces. An upper (Gauge panel), mid upper section (Valve controls) and lower mid section (Main inlet and discharge outlets) lower section panels (Drain bank).

The left side upper gauge pump panel will have vertically hinged access above the valve controls per the customer approved pump panel layout and secured using Southco chrome recessed type latches. The hinge will be located towards the front of the pump panel. The upper panel will be made as large as possible.

The left side mid upper section (valve controls) pump panel will be secured using screws.

The left side mid lower section (Main inlet and discharge outlets) will be secured using Southco recessed type latches. The panel will be made as large as possible.

The lower portion/balance (drain bank) of the left panel will be secured using screws.

LEFT SIDE PANEL
The right side pump panel will be split into (3) pieces. Upper, Mid and Lower section panels.

The upper and mid section panels will be secured using Southco chrome recessed type latches.

The panels will be made as large as possible.

The lower portion/balance (drain bank) of the right panel will be secured using screws.

FRONT OF PUMPHOUSE ACCESS
On the front of the pump house structure, provisions will be provided for access to the pump. No panels will be secured/installed on the front of the pump house.

PUMPHOUSE MODIFICATION
The upper channel of the pumphouse structure will be raised to provide maximum access to the pump and plumbing.

The lower cross angle of the pumphouse structure will be lowered as much as possible to provide larger access to the pump and plumbing.
0819035 No Light, No Pump Compt Light,
Non-NFPA 2024

NO PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
The pump compartment light will not be installed.

Per current edition of NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.9.5.1, the pump compartment will have a light of at least 20 candlepower.

Per the customer specifications this apparatus will not include this pump compartment light. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution. 0586438 Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel, IAT
Pressure Controller

PUMP PANEL GAUGES AND CONTROLS
The following will be provided on the pump and gauge panels in a neat and orderly fashion.

These gauges will be in addition to what is provided with the pressure controller. - Engine Oil Pressure Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Engine Water Temperature Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Tachometer: Electric
- Master Pump Drain Control
- Voltmeter
- Fuel
0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0005635 Hourmeter, Pump - Pump Hourmeter
0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red
Switch, Momentary

AIR HORN SWITCH
An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be momentary red and properly labeled. The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel.
0009624 Switch, High Idle, Mounted At Pump
Panel, Indicator Light

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, on the pump operator panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. This switch will be for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK To Engage High Idle".

Bid #: 922 57
0816268 SP Pump Master Gauge Panel Mounted
@ Angle

ANGLED GAUGE PANEL
The pump master gauge panel will be mounted at an angle downward, with a hinge on the bottom and secured with Southco C2 chrome raised trigger lever latch ,to improve visibility of the gauges.
0534725 SP Plate, Tank to Pump Line, 4"x4"
Rounded
- A 4.00" x 4.00" plate with rounded corners and coated with red scotchlite will be provided around the tank to pump line control at the pump panel. 0009227 Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1,
Special

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings, with a pressure range of 30.00" 0-400 psi.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One (1) will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0005714 Gauge, 2.50" Pressure, Class 1, 0-
400psi

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1© interlube filled.

They will be 2.50" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.

Gauges will have a pressure range of 0-400#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 0536428 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25%, and will have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.
0084763 Gauge, Ernst Sight Water Level,
w/Red Ball, IATS

WATER LEVEL GAUGE, ADDITIONAL
An additional water level gauge will be provided. An Ernst sight tube water level indicator with a floating red ball will be mounted on the gauge panel with an unrestricted view for the operator. 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360-A00 cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed on the pump operators panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.

The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED
Stp Lt

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is applied. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.

Bid #: 922 58
0522730 Light, Over Passenger Side Pump
Panel, P25 LED Stp Lt

There will be four (4) white LED scene lights with ABS chrome housing, installed above the passenger side pump panel.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be operated from a switch on the pump panel. 0682261 Light Shield/Step 8", DS LED, P25
LED Step Lt

ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an additional aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the driver's side pump panel.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above the step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606835 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757076 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS

Right side lanyard. The lanyard to be a nylon rope.
0039704 Air Horn Switch As Primary/Electric
Horn As Secondary

AIR HORN SWITCHING
The air horns will be the default from the horn ring when the battery switch is turned on. The electric chassis horns will be secondary.
0819013 Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other
Speaker, Non-NFPA 2024

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A "Code 3", model 3692, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore invalid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.
0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on the driver side.
0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601330 Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES100, 100 watt speaker provided. The speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601552 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Inbrd (Pos 2)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail.

Bid #: 922 59
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS

Right side foot switch.
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0740392 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red, RS
Overhead Sw Pnl
A momentary red switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0740834 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl
A momentary red switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0605488 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

Open in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.

Open in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The six (6) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side
Zone Upper
0761731 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6**
M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) pair of Whelen, Model M6**, LED lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps. The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome.

The driver's side front outside warning light to be red The driver's side front inside warning light to be red
The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

Bid #: 922 60
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the headlight (high or low beam) switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0746667 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, 4Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PS*01FCR, 1.68" high x 11.11" wide x 0.52" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with black trim and clear lenses provided on the side of the apparatus, cab side centered above EMS door as close to drip rail as possible, each side.

The light(s) to include red flashing LEDs.

These lights will be controlled by the side zone lower switch in the cab.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load manages when the parking brake is applied. 0630020 SP Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Prk Brk
Deactivation

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6* LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided rearward of the crew cab doors, above the lower compartment doors.

The color of the lights will be red.

The lens colors will be the same color as the LED's.

These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights.

These lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. 0564654 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0080676 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln
50*03Z*R, 6Lts

REAR AND SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be six (6) Whelen, Model 50*03Z*R, flashing LED lights provided:

There will be four (4) LED lights at the rear of the truck in the upper zone facing the rear.

The upper pair will be driver side amber Super LED/amber lens, passenger side red Super LED/red lens.

The lower pair will be driver side red Super LED/red lens, passenger side amber Super LED/amber lens.

There will be one (1) LED light at the rear of the truck in the upper zone facing the driver side.

There will be one (1) LED light at the rear of the truck in the upper zone facing the officer side.

The color of these lights will be red Super LED/red lens.

These lights will be installed with Whelen, Model 5TSMAC, chrome plated flanges.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0026813 No Hose Bed Warn Light Brackets
Required, Lights Mounted on Hatch
Compts, Pumper
0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65
36" Long LED

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TAM65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen Model TACTL5 control head will be included with this installation.

The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash not activated.
0551728 Location, TDL, Recessed with S/S
Trim
This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.

Bid #: 922 61
0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

Two (2) bags of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA 2024, Provided by
Fire Department

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered:

The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).

Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose

SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.
0027023 No Strainer Required
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA 2024, Provided by Fire
Department

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.

Bid #: 922 62
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709567 Paint, Single Color, Enforcer

CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted #90 red.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the single cab paint color.

Bid #: 922 63
0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Two (2) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels
0687653 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle,
Alum-Stl

REAR WHEELS PAINT
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside of inboard steel wheels only, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black.
0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match primary job color. 0639088 Compartment Paint, 909017,
Nightspots

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
Interior of compartments will be painted 909017, Nightspots. 0544111 Reflective Band, 10"

REFLECTIVE BAND
A 10.00" black reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356 Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0536954 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0027341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or
Multiple

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain two (2) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. 0679885 Stripe, Sign Gold Outline Above &
Below Reflective Band

SIGN GOLD STRIPE
There will be a Sign Gold stripe applied above and below the reflective band. The sign gold stripes will be .50" wide with an outline.
0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0679831 Stripe, Sign Gold, Cab Sides, IPO
Chrome Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a Sign Gold stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding.

Bid #: 922 64
0033179 Lettering Specifications, Reflective

0686162 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be nine (9) letters provided.
0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be ten (10) letters provided.
0686033 Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided.
0683997 Lettering, Vinyl, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 18.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided.
0684013 Lettering, Vinyl, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering, 10.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be two (2) letters provided.
0685754 Lettering, Sign Gold, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be sign gold lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be two (2) letters provided.
0685814 Lettering, Sign Gold, 4.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) Sign Gold lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0685849 Lettering, Sign Gold, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be sign gold lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 21 letters provided.
0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
three (3) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted (1) front, (1) each side all to be painted black and 12" W x 10" H in size. 0814868 SP Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Hinged w/Knob

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
one (1) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted RS Rear and 12" W x 10" H in size. The holder(s) will be hinged on the bottom to allow the placard to be removed easily due to other items mounted around it. Threaded knob(s) will be provided to hold the hinged holder(s) in the stowed position. 0684135 Emblem, Monogram w/Scrolling, Sign
Gold, 15"-17", Pair

EMBLEM/S
There will be one (1) pair of sign gold emblems, 15.00" to 17.00" wide, supplied and installed Located on the cab doors.. The emblems will include the fire department's monogram or number inside of a circle with scrolling.
0684200 Emblem, Maltese Cross, Sign Gold,
12"-14", Pair

EMBLEMS
There will be one (1) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of sign gold material, provided and installed Located on the cab between cab & crew cab windows..

Bid #: 922 65
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0772065 Manual, Chassis Operation, (2) USB
Flash Drives, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on two (2) USB flash drives. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor,
General Service, WA0384
SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 922 66
0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a seven (7) yearmaterial and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168

ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808582 Certification, Engine Installation,
Saber FR/Enf, Cummins X10, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery.

Bid #: 922 67
0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

Bid #: 922 68
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713 ENGINE, OTHER
0046395 EVS 3000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011 WATEROUS PUMP

0020009 POLY TANK

0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

Bid #: 922 69
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0015216 Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Right Side 0.00 36.00 0.00 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 0.00 0.00 0.00 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0534725 Plate, Tank to Pump Line, 4"x4" Rounded 0.00 0.00 0.08 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red Switch, Momentary 0.00 0.16 0.00 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0592633 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent 0.00 55.00 0.00 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

0.00 0.00 1.23
0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series, Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling Mount

0.00 0.00 1.56
0630020 Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Prk Brk Deactivation 0.00 2.70 1.80 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00 0.00
0639726 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Unlocked Ind Light, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 180.00 0.00
0683556 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln M2R Red LED 0.00 0.50 0.00 0686687 Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Customer Install Radio, 30A Sw Bat, 7.5A Ign Grnd

0.00 0.00 37.50
0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st 0.00 0.96 0.64 0802726 Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 3ibC, 3805

0.00 0.00 0.50
0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, 15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

0.00 1.50 0.00
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0815108 Camera, Safety Vision, LS Mux, R, Camera, SD 0.00 1.20 0.00 0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth 0.00 0.00 2.00 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900

0.00 6.00 0.00
0821224 Wiring, Spare, 2.0 A 12V DC, USB Term Blue Sea 1016 1st NFPA1900

0.00 0.00 6.00
0821260 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st NFPA1900

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821261 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 2nd NFPA1900

0.00 0.00 20.00
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0547322 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC, Switch Feature 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 90.00 0564535 Light, Marker, Britax Rubber Arm, Model L427.203.L12 LED, Red/Amb, Qty/Loc
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 2.00
0722696 HVAC, Standard-Duty, Enforcer, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 100.00 0774308 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0774309 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0774336 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0774948 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 6.50 0775524 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 6.50 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0804719 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 4.40
0821194 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 2nd NFPA1900 Load Managed 0.00 0.00 20.00 0821329 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900 Load Managed 0.00 0.00 10.00 0821330 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC Batt Dir 2nd NFPA1900 Load Managed 0.00 0.00 10.00 0821331 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC Batt Dir 3rd NFPA1900 Load Managed 0.00 0.00 10.00 0821333 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC Batt Dir 4th NFPA1900 Load Managed 0.00 0.00 10.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0005635 Hourmeter, Pump NFPA 0.11 0.00 0.00
0013671 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 5/1/2024
Bid #: 922
Salinas Fire Department - Enforcer Pumpers (2) Duplicate to Job 35932
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Salinas Fire Department
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0023650 LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0063658 RS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0080676 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln 50*03Z*R, 6Lts NFPA 1.14 0.00 0.00 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0522730 Light, Over Passenger Side Pump Panel, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0536428 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0564654 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing
NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00
0586438 Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel, IAT Pressure Controller NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0595087 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0605488 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRR NFPA 6.48 2.68 9.92 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab FR
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0642936 Timer, Havis Chargeguard Select CG-X NFPA 0.04 0.00 0.00 0644228 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200 IWT, Heated, 10" Frame, Standen, SFR/Enf
NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00
0645878 Lights, Hose Bed, Cover, Dual Amdor AY-9750-20 LED Light Strips 4lts, Low
NFPA 3.40 0.00 0.00
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0648332 Cab, Enforcer, 7010 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0682261 Light Shield/Step 8", DS LED, P25 LED Step Lt NFPA 3.50 0.00 0.00 0682503 Light Shield/Step 8", LED, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 4.00 0.00 0.00 0709438 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00 0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD, Custom Chassis NFPA 1.70 0.00 0.00 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0746667 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, 4Lts NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00 0748168 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 30 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.30 0.30 0.00
0748169 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 30 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.30 0.30 0.00
0748170 Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl, 38 W x 15 H x 18 D, Web, Notch, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.15 0.15 0.00
0761731 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6** M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet
NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65 36" Long LED NFPA 1.26 2.52 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0808535 Engine, Cummins X10, 450 hp, 1250 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0816093 ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet & On-scene Management, AT&T Commercial
NFPA 1.61 0.00 0.00
0819013 Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA 2024 NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0887559 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 3000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0889571 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt, Loc NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 5/1/2024
Bid #: 922
Salinas Fire Department - Enforcer Pumpers (2) Duplicate to Job 35932
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Salinas Fire Department
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0121711 Alternator, 320 amp, Leece-Neville 4962PA, Sgl Sys S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 89.05 484.29 432.53
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 168.00
Demand: 89.05
Variance: 78.95
Total Connected Load
Supply: 282.00
Demand: 200.18
Variance: 81.82
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 168.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 282.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 5/1/2024
Bid #: 922
Salinas Fire Department - Enforcer Pumpers (2) Duplicate to Job 35932
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Salinas Fire Department
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 922 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Department: Salinas Fire Department Body: Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 3.12 in.

Tread Width: 12.4 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 16 in.

Front Overhang: 81.95 in.

Wheelbase: 191.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 15 ft. 2 in.

Curb to curb: 28 ft. 8 in.

Wall to wall: 32 ft. 10 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 05/01/2024
Category Option Description
Axle, Front, Custom 0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer Bumpers 0624298 Bumper, 16" Extended, Saber FR/Enforcer Wheels, Front 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Tires, Front 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user.

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder.

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
©2001 Cummins Inc.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 2001 Cummins Inc.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years
-or30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

CUMMINS-MERITOR

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS

WARRANTY

COVERAGE FOR THE

UNITED STATES AND CANADA
MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
2 WARRANTY INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Linehaul.......................................................................................................3 General Service ...........................................................................................6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle ..................................................................9 Fire and Emergency................................................................................... 12 Transit Bus ................................................................................................ 14 Off-highway Service................................................................................... 15 Terms and Conditions................................................................................ 17 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl = Unlimited
P = Parts Only
P&L = Parts and Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221). 3 Linehaul Vehicles
Auto Hauler1
Bulk Hauler1
Chip Hauler1,2
Doubles
Flatbed
General Freight
Grain Hauler1
Livestock Hauler
Moving Van
Pipe Hauler
Refrigerated Freight
Tanker1
Triples
1 Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. 2 Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Typically Is:

High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction (100% on-road)
Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel).

Note:Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models.

Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
MS-19-14X
RS-21-160
MS-23-17H1,2
MS-23-17X2
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Vocational Definition of Linehaul
Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke
1 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 2 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
4 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L
TPX3000 Axle Series2 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/100/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak75 7/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 5
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164/P1,2
RZ-1662
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-17H3
RZ-188
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P4
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14H/E3,4
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 3 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 4 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
5 LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake™3 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L
EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty3,4 5/500/P&L 1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. 4
Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX).

Drivelines
RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
6 General Service Vehicles
Auto Hauler
Beverage Truck
Bulk Hauler
Chip Hauler
Cross Country Coach
Flatbed
Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
Front Engine Integral Coach
General Freight
Grain Hauler
Intercity Coach
Intermodal Chassis
Livestock Hauler
Meat Packer
Moving Van
Municipal Truck
Newspaper Delivery
Pick-Up and Delivery
Pipe Hauler
Platform Auto Hauler
Rear Engine Integral Coach
Recreational Vehicles
Refrigerated Freight
School Bus
Stake Truck
Tanker
Tanker Trailer
Tour Bus
Wrecker
General Service Typically Is:

Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road allowed) Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications.

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P2 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1,2 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™3 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™4 2/Unl/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect. 2
Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. 3
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-23-17X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
8 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TPX4000 Axle Series3 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems4
Standard System5 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L
AxlePak107 10/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 4
Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 5 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 6
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH9462 2/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)2
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty3 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings4 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/Unl/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor. 3 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame, consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. 4 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicles
Airport Rescue Fire
Fighting (ARFF)
Airport Shuttle1
Asphalt Truck
Block Truck
Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
Cementing Vehicle
Commercial Pick-Up
Concrete Pumper
Construction Material Hauler
Mixer
Demolition
Drill Rig
Dump
Equipment Hauling
Flatbed Trailer Hauler
Flatbed Truck
Fracturing Truck
Front Loader
Geophysical Exploration
Hopper Trailer Combinations
Landscaping Truck
Liquid Waste Hauler
Log Hauling
Lowboy
Michigan Special Gravel
Train
Michigan Special Log Hauler
Michigan Special Steel
Hauler
Michigan Special Waste
Vehicle
Municipal Dump
Rear Loader (Refuse)
Recycling Truck
Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
Rigging Truck
Roll-Off
Scrap Truck
Semi-End Dump
Sewer/Septic Vacuum
Shuttle Bus1
Side Loader
Snowplow/Snowblower
Steel Hauling
Tanker
Tank Truck
Tractors with Pole Trailers
Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
Transfer Dump
Transfer Vehicle
Utility Truck
Winch Truck
1 Commercial chassis only
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) On/off-road vocations (10% or more off-road)
Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
10 Rear Drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-14X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-14X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
RC-26-633
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/3801,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/3801,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164/P2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Front Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-14-120 EVO
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-23-810
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
11 Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components3 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake4 2/100/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings2 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3203
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/RTC-25)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
12 Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Aerial Ladder Truck
Aerial Platform
Ambulance
Command Vehicle
Crash Fire Rescue
Pumper
Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
Tanker
Fire and Emergency Typically Is:

Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year)
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-1851
RS-25-160
1 2/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-3802
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 2 2/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
13 PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™1 2/Unl/P&L
1 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P
14 Transit Bus Vehicles
Airport Shuttle
City Bus
Commuter Coach
Shuttle Bus
Transit Bus Trolley
Transit Bus Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
FH-946 FH-9411 MFS-12-155 MFS-13-155
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake2 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 2 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-21-160
MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946
Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
MC-26000 71063 79063
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-450 MGX-451 MGX-538

TRANSIT BUS

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
15 Industrial and Off-Highway Service Vehicles
Load-On/Load-Off
Port Tractor
Rail Yard Spotter
Roll-On/Roll-Off
Stevedoring Tractor
Trailer Spotter
Yard Jockey
All and Rough
Terrain Cranes
Forestry
Material Handling
Specialized Heavy
Haul
Excavator
Compactor
Fertilizer Spreader
Snow Blower
Mining and
Specialized Mining
Rail Car Mover
Loader
Tow Tractor
Pushback Tractor
Industrial and Off-Highway Service Typically Is:

Low mileage operation
Low speed vehicle speed restriction
Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
FS-25
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
1 2/Unl/P for LO/LO Terminal Tractor applications
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P
MT-14X1
RS-23-186
RS-23-380
RS-24-160
RS-30-185
RS-30-380
RT-1451
RT-1601

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

RPL MXL
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
17 Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Cummins-Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Cummins-Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by nonCummins-Meritor parties, Cummins-Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles1
Linehaul – King Pin Bushings 1yr/Unl P&L
All Other Vocations – King Pin Bushings Excluded
1 King Pin Bushing wear excluded for all vocations.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Cummins-Meritor representative for specific details.

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Cummins-Meritor. If yoke is not installed by CumminsMeritor, then Cummins-Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.

Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Cummins-Meritor breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Terms and Conditions
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner or the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component.

Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Cummins-Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Cummins-Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Cummins-Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Cummins-Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Cummins-Meritor directly. Failure to notify CumminsMeritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify CumminsMeritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Cummins-Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/ or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage or vocation from that which was originally approved by Cummins-Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity) or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Cummins-Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply.
(5) Remedy
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Cummins-Meritor’s option. Cummins-Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Cummins-Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies
In no event shall Cummins-Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Cummins-Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Cummins-Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Cummins-Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Cummins-Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Cummins-Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement
This is the entire agreement between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Cummins-Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Cummins-Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
cummins.com
SP-95155
Bulletin 6451105 Produced in U.S.A. Rev. 1/24
©2024 Meritor, Inc.
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2
WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/Unl/P
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
Electric Brake Locks 2/Unl/P
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) 2/Unl/P
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches 2/Unl/P
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P.

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component due to internal contamination of the
vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle inservice date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial inservice date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Ten (10) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS
Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

APPLICABLE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

WHAT IS NOT COVERED
 DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered:
— Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle;
— Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled.  CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s).  DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered:
— Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual.  MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility.
 REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered.
 USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered.  EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs.  “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions.

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY.

PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS

THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED

ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON

TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.

QUESTIONS
If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to:

Allison Transmission, Inc.

P.O. Box 894
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894
Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9
Form SE0616EN (201009)

Page 2 of 2 ends

Warranty Begins:

The transmission cooler shall be free from component or structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per
occurrence is available for the first three (3) years.
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral damage coverage
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents,
misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty.

This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as
recommended. Performance of the required maintenance
and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner.

Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.

Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization.

Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called “UPF”) warrants each POLY-TANK®, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDE® Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank/Body, ELLIPSE™ Elliptical Tank, Ellip-T-Tank Tank and DEFENDER™ Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency response for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do so can void the warranty.

Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a description of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period.

Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance (pre-approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been improperly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or removed. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement.

Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF.

In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Department of State, (http://www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their designee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means.

For Ellipse™ elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub-frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer.

For PolySide® wetsided tanks and Integrator™ Tank/Body units, all polypropylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime

WARRANTY
FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC.

LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY
Continued on back
E f f e c t i v e 1 A u g u s t , 2 0 0 9
service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the PolySide® and Integrator™ units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware.

All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non-fire applications and installed on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector™ foam and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF.

This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior written approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign this warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus).

UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has not been pre-approved. Any and all third party charges must be preauthorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or modifications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid and covered under this warranty.

In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or damage, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated with service repairs to chassis, sub-frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from a repair facility.

This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any person supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product.

This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you.

THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS

NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITIONALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF.

WARRANTY
FOR: POLY-TANK®, POLYSIDE®, INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ UNITED PLASTIC FABRICATING, INC.

POLY-TANK®,& POLYSIDE® are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR™, ELLIPSE™, ELLIP-T-TANK™ & DEFENDER™ are trademarks of UPF, Inc. © 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA 2 6 0 0 A M E R I C A N D R I V E • A P P L E T O N , W I 5 4 9 1 2 - 2 0 1 7 • 9 2 0 - 832 - 3 000 P I E R C E M A N U F A C T U R I N G I N C .

B U L L E T I N
TO: All Dealer Service Representatives
From: Kevin Hanegraaf
DATE: January 4, 2010
RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy – Truck in Accident
Service Topic #292
To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular accident, it is UPF’s policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF’s facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void.

The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be:
- Filled with water
- Visually inspected
- Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF
If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and/or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect.

This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck.

Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received on UPF’s tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF’s service Manager Maura Watts (800-638-8265 x253)
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0009

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Apparatus Body
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Effective March 15, 2010
AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION
Warranty:

All AMDOR Inc. roll-up door products are warranted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repair of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door attachments including (but not limited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives.

In order to initiate the claims process please contact your authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be accompanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective product (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repaired, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause.

Limited warranty coverage includes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. All warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commencement of work. Allowances for removal and installation:

Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour
Balancer replacement: 1 hour
Door ajar switch 3/4 hour
Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour
Slat replacement: 3/4 hour
Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours
Items authorized for return must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect shipments of items deemed to be defective provided that they are returned via the most economical carrier. Should items be returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender.

AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub-assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions.

Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty
AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint match colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and consideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead times. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will extend to the following visible paint system defects:

1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as evidenced by peeling, cracking or blistering which exposes the substrate material.

2./ Corrosion of the substrate due to paint system failure.

3./ Fading which results in a substantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color.

Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following:

1./ Damage caused through the use of attachments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings.

2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents.

3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents.

4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source.

This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates.

Waterous Company
125 Hardman Avenue South
South St. Paul, MN 55075 USA
www.waterousco.com
F-2891 (04/15/20)
Waterous Seven-Year Limited Warranty
WATEROUS warrants, to the original Buyer only, that products manufactured by WATEROUS will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of seven (7) years from the date the product is first placed in service, or seven and one-half (7-1/2) years from the date of shipment by WATEROUS, whichever period shall be the first to expire; provided the Buyer notifies WATEROUS, in writing, of the defect in said product within the warranty period, and said product is found by WATEROUS to be nonconforming with the aforesaid warranty. When required in writing by WATEROUS, defective products must be promptly returned by Buyer to WATEROUS at WATEROUS’ plant at South St. Paul, Minnesota, or at such other place as may be specified by WATEROUS, with transportation and other charges prepaid. A Returned Material Authorization (RMA) is required for all products and parts and may be requested by phone, fax, email, or mail. The aforesaid warranty excludes any responsibility or liability of WATEROUS for:
(a) damages or defects due to accident, abuse, misuse, abnormal operating conditions, negligence, accidental causes, use in non-firefighting applications, or improper maintenance, or attributable to written specifications or instructions furnished by Buyer; (b) defects in products manufactured by others and furnished by WATEROUS hereunder, it being understood and agreed by the parties that the only warranty provided for such products shall be the warranty provided by the manufacturer thereof which, if assignable, WATEROUS will assign to Buyer, if requested by Buyer;
(c) any product or part, altered, modified, serviced or repaired other than by WATEROUS, without its prior written consent; (d) the cost of dismantling, removing, transporting, storing, or insuring the defective product or part and the cost of reinstallation; and (e) normal wear items (packing, strainers, filters, light bulbs, anodes, intake screens, mechanical seals, etc.).

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUDED, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH OF

CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION, SHALL WATEROUS BE LIABLE FOR ANY PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGES.

The exclusive remedy of Buyer and the sole liability of WATEROUS, whether based on contract, warranty, tort or any other basis of recovery whatsoever, is expressly limited at the election of WATEROUS to:
(a) the replacement at the agreed point of delivery of any product or part, which upon inspection by WATEROUS or its duly authorized representative, is found not to conform to the limited warranty set forth above, or (b) the repair of such product or part, or
(c) the refund or crediting to Buyer of the net sales price of the defective product or part.

BUYER’S REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE OF ANY OTHER REMEDY OTHERWISE AVAILABLE TO BUYER.

Warranty Begins:

Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship, or
perforation caused by corrosion.
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Stainless Steel Piping

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

Pierce’s obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the
stainless steel piping or components which Pierce
determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion.

This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein (FP) type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed immediately after use.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

One (1) Year & Five (5) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Foam System & Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Control Head
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Limited warranty 1 year parts and labor for for the foam system and 5 years parts and labor for the control head.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Custom Body
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover damage from lack of
maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and
maintenance manual).

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Graphics Fading and Deterioration
One (1) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Each graphic lamination shall be free from defects in material, workmanship, fading, and deterioration.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

DEALER SUPPLIED

PRODUCTS SERVICES
Exhibit “D”
5 AND
/OR
1 DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES
The following items and/or services will be provided by Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) and are shown PER UNIT unless otherwise noted:

LICENSED MANUFACTURER
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires “every manufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. The manufacturer has a current license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED DEALERSHIP
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires a “dealer in vehicles of a type subject to registration, shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. has a current license at time of bid as outlined above and is available upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11800 requires that it shall be “unlawful for any person to function as a vehicle salesperson without having first procured a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV)”. The representative has a current vehicle salespersons license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORTS
GSFA will provide weekly progress reports including photographs of the apparatus or the major components as they are being constructed. The reports will commence at the start of the manufacturing process and will continue through production by the manufacturer. The reports will show the progress of the apparatus through the course of each week. Special attention will be given to show the unique features and aspects of the apparatus as construction progresses.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
The State of California Vehicle Code section 11739 requires that the “dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer” through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle being sold and is authorized to register with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

GSFA will make all necessary applications and complete all transfer papers, including applying for California Exempt “E” license plates.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY TRIP
A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for four (4) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to review and finalize, in detail, the specifications prior to the start of production. The pre-construction trip will have a duration of four (4) days and three (3) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between GSFA. and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at the manufacturer’s location will be the responsibility of GSFA.

Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer.

Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original 2 ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable.

FINAL INSPECTION, FACTORY TRIP
A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for four (4) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection trip will have a duration of four (4) days and three (3) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between GSFA and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation while at the manufacturer’s location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable.

CONTINGENCY RESERVE FUND
A contingency reserve fund in the sum of $10,000 per unit is included in the quotation to cover the cost of change orders, unforeseen items due to EPA 2027 motor compliance or required work that may come up during the contract to be used at the discretion of the City of Salinas. This reserve fund is not an estimate of those contingencies, and the cost of change orders, unforeseen items or required work could exceed the amount reserved depending on their nature. Any unused portion of this reserve fund will be credited back on the final invoice or returned in the form of a check to the City of Salinas promptly following final invoicing.

DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will, at their expense, deliver the apparatus (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to their Northern California facility in Sacramento for a dealer preparation inspection.

To ensure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable.

PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
After transportation from the factory and prior to delivery, the apparatus will receive a pre-delivery service to confirm proper operation and correction of any issues found as a result of said inspection. The Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. pre-delivery service consists of the following:
• Engine Compartment and Undercarriage – Check for any broken mounting brackets and inspect for correct capacities of the following (if applicable): engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil. • Interior – Operate all doors, windows, and locks for proper adjustment. Check upholstery. • Exterior – Repair reasonable paint scratches or chips. Tighten any loose hardware and inspect tires and wheels for proper pressure and lug torquing.
3 • Road Test – With the water tank (if applicable) full, the apparatus will be driven approximately twenty miles which allows the drive train components to get up to operating temperature. Road test will be on both city and highway roads. A DOT compliant brake test will be conducted to ensure the system is holding air. The brake condition and wheel seals will also be inspected. • Electrical - Operate all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories to verify operation. • Pump - If applicable, vacuum test the pump to hold for 15 minutes. After vacuum test, operate the relief valve, transfer valve and check pump shift. Check water tank for leaks and inspect water level gauge for calibration. With discharge caps loose, rapid test all individual gauges and main gauges for calibration. Lubricate valve rods.
• Foam System – If applicable, tighten caps and connect foam lines. Test selector, valves, metering valve and operation of foam system (including flush).
• Fuel Tank - Fuel tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery. • DEF Tank - DEF tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery. • Wash - The apparatus will be thoroughly washed at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA will, at their expense, deliver the Product (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to the Customer specified address once completed. Prior to delivery of the Product, Customer agrees to provide proof of liability and physical damage insurance to GSFA. GSFA will not release the Product to the Customer until such proof of insurance is provided.

It is the responsibility of the Customer to have any outstanding balance due, paid in full to GSFA, prior to or at the time that the Product is complete and ready to deliver. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product will not be delivered without full acceptance and full payment (or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA).

END OF EXHIBIT “D”
PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF SALINAS
One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
100' Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial

Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstatefire.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
PRODUCT 1 PROPOSAL

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT
This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($377,576.37) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Salinas
65 W. Alisal Street, Suite 210
Salinas, CA 93901
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF SALINAS (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 05/01/2024 05/02/2024 @ 12:00
PM P.S.T. 40501-24AT 942 Pierce Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
PMI, ID #251,
Member #2424

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 2,156,000.00 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (344,750.00) C SUBTOTAL 1,811,250.00
D 9.25% State Sales Tax 167,540.63
E California Tire Fee 14.00
F 100% Performance Bond 4,861.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,983,665.63
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 48.5 to 51.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1.5 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 05/01/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 40501-24AT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name
__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title
__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 05/01/2024 05/02/2024 @ 12:00
PM P.S.T. 40501-24BT 942 Pierce Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC, ID #251,
Member #2424

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 2,156,000.00 B 9.25% State Sales Tax 199,430.00
C California Tire Fee 14.00
D 100% Performance Bond 5,798.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,361,242.00
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 48.5 to 51.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 05/01/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 40501-24BT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick-Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items 2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time 3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9. 4 b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non-reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding 5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations 6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed 7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766599 Boiler Plates, Tiller

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is pleased to submit a proposal to Salinas Fire Department for a Pierce® Tractor-Drawn Aerial Ladder per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (5) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 5/1/2024
Customer: Salinas Fire Department Bid Number: 942
Representative Young, Dewayne Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: 100' Tiller (duplicate to 28976)
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller)
Body: Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body
Bid #: 942 1
ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services by operating in conjunction with a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within one hundred fifty (150) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance Bid #: 942 2
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0018180 Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 28976. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349 Aerial Fire Apparatus

0588613 Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

Bid #: 942 3
0681279 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will be conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0092138 Highly Customized Product (HCP) PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.

Bid #: 942 4
0536644 Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell

0535579 Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.

Bid #: 942 5
0816574 Performance Bond, 100% with
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0517327 Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0626490 Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller) ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0523786 Angle of Approach

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be 15.5 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.
0523787 Angle of Departure ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be 11 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 166.00".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 76,600#.

Bid #: 942 6
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0889469 Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.50" x

3.00" x 0.25" through the front portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 1,494,042 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0030264 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0582936 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear® 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 20,400 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.

Bid #: 942 7
0530461 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 31,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 0544244 Top Speed of Vehicle, 60 MPH/96
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph/96KPH. 0555352 Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 312
EX, Air Ride, 31,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX 312 EX, air ride with a ground rating of 31,000 lb.

The suspension will have the following features:
- Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings
- Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0585004 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0641529 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x

9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single

The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0003246 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Tiller Axle
HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0012045 Mud Flap, Rear, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the rear wheels. 0020257 Mud Flap, Tiller Trailer, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus. 0601010 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be two (2) pairs of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0690999 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Angle Mount

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be two (2) pairs of Ziamatic SQCH-44-H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic SAC-44-E folding wheel chocks.

The brackets will be mounted one pair under D7 and the other pair shipped loose. The brackets will be mounted on an angle, with the "stop" down and opening up.

Bid #: 942 8
0822289 ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System,
Single Axle, Tiller, NFPA 1900

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor 4S4M and tiller tractor 2S2M anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front, rear tractor axle, and a two (2) channel system on the tiller axle. It will be a digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology to control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock which will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "Off-road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0803729 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

8.63" No Dust Shield
The rear brakes will be Meritor™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.

Dust shields cannot be provided.
0020784 Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0637584 Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 5,376 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be gloss black #101.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0813346 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting AIR INLET/OUTLET One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located in the driver side lower step well of cab. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.

Bid #: 942 9
0643363 Outlet, Air, with Shut Off Valve,
Location

AIR OUTLET
Two (2) air outlets will be installed with a female coupling located below D6 and P7 just rear of the stabilizer pads with dust covers. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system, include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air, and include a quarter turn shut off valve mounted at the tank. The valve and hoses will be mounted to the tank as high as possible to ensure maximum clearance and protect the lines from being damaged by brush and rocks during off-road operations. 0070810 All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis)

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only.

The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0797636 Air Tanks, Special Location, Tiller

AIR TANK, SPECIAL LOCATION
Due to space constraints, one (1) air tanks will be located relocate standard chassis air tanks due to full depth reservoir compartment.
0607839 Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Single Axle Tiller

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon hose on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable.
0808497 Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X15
Power:
565 hp at 1700 rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1150 rpm
Governed Speed:
2100 rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:
912 cubic inches (14.9L)
Starter:

Delco 39MT+™
Fuel Filters:

Frame mounted spin-on style filter from Cummins®.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-4 10W30 oil as required by Cummins. 0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment
0730808 Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." Bid #: 942 10
0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton
Drive Master

CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0657451 Heater, 1500 Watt Immersion,
Thermostatically Controlled,
Shoreline

ENGINE HEATER
A 1,500 watt, 120 volt, immersion type engine heater will be installed. The AC power inlet will be connected to the shoreline. The heater is thermostatically controlled. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0816172 Adapter, Exhaust, Plymovent
Bladder, for 6" or 7" Diffuser Outlet

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
An adapter for the Plymovent bladder exhaust extraction system will be provided on the end of the tail pipe.
0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.

Bid #: 942 11
0565944 Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Left Side Rear
Fill, Tractor Chassis, Sgl Axle

FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0763582 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill,
Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only".

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0578959 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.

Bid #: 942 12
0522824 Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to 3rd gear from 6th gear, resulting in improved engine braking performance.
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler STEERING Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design.
0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: EVERYBODY
The second row of text will be: GOES
The third row of text will be: HOME
0606186 Bumper, Non-Extended, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (1) piece, ten (10) gauge 304-2B polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to the front of the chassis frame.

A 9.00" formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.
0822502 Lift & Tow Package, Non-Extended
Bumper, SFR/Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573 Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.

Bid #: 942 13
0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 54.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0727969 Engine Tunnel, X15, Mech Fasteners,
Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 18.00" off the crew cab floor. 0887601 Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00" insulation in the crew cab floor, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

Bid #: 942 14
0633594 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0639726 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Unlocked Ind Light, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. A "cab unlocked" indicator light will be located at the controls that will indicate when the cab is not in the locked position for safe road travel.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0751131 Grille, Bright Finished, Painted Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Enforcer
GRILLE
An aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. The mesh screen will be painted black #101. 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.
0620047 Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard,
Polished, Rear Cab Corners, 2"

SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS
Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend 2.00" from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across
Cab Face, AXT/Saber/Enforcer

0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 0072189 Mirror, 8.00" Convex, Cab Front,
Front Cross View

FRONT CROSS VIEW MIRROR
An 8.00" diameter convex mirror will be provided over the officer's side front corner of the cab.

The mirror will provide the driver with a view of the front bumper and the area several feet in front of the truck.

The mirror housing, tubing, clamps, and hardware will be constructed of corrosion resistant stainless steel.

Bid #: 942 15
0648171 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 63.37" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0528251 Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (1) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0528263 Key Pad, Electric Door locks, DS &
PS, QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF

KEY PAD FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
For improved convenience, the cab door locks will include a Trimark keypad entry system to provide complete keyless entry to the cab. There will be two (2) keypads provided, located one (1) each side of the cab behind the front cab doors. The keypads will include visual and audio feedback to confirm activation and acknowledge correct entry code. For enhanced night time use, the keypads will be lighted. For increased security, the system will allow over 3,000 possible code combinations.
0633615 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress.

Bid #: 942 16
0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698 Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0032086 Tractor 5th Wheel and Fender Skirts,
Single, Tiller, No Tire Chains

FIFTH WHEEL
The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle.

A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations.

The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly.

In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders.

When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close.

The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid.

A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance.

FENDER PANELS
The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails.

The fender panels will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area.

The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails.

Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable.

The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. 0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0725116 SP Compt, Storage, 12.75 W x 28 H x 15
D, Ea Side C/C, Dbl Pan,2.5" Blw,70"
SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The compartments will be 12.75" wide x 28.00" high x 15.00" deep. The floor of the compartment will extend 2.50" below the cab.

There will be two (2) reverse hinged double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch, one (1) on each side of the cab. A pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door will be provided as a door stop.

The compartment interior will be painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
There will be two (2) white LED strip lights provided, one (1) each hinged side of compartment door openings.
0594943 Inclinometer, In Cab, Location

INCLINOMETER
There will be one (1) inclinometer(s) provided to indicate the degree of elevation of the apparatus.

The inclinometer(s) will be located inside the cab Side of HVAC enclosure, facing the driver. 0809595 SP Arm Rest, Side of Engine Tunnel,
Each

ARM REST ON SIDE OF ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be two (2) padded arm rest(s) provided on the side of the engine tunnel, One (1) LS and One (1) RS of Engine Tunnel. Each arm rest will be provided on a bracket that is painted to match the cab interior color. The arm rest padding will match the seat upholstery. 0619947 Lip, Dash Board, 1.00" Aluminum
Angle Lip, Officer Side

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING AREA
There will be an aluminum angle with a 1.00" lip installed on the dash to prevent books helmets and other item from sliding off the dash panel.

The angle will run full length across flat portion of the dashboard in front of the officer.

The lip will be painted to match the cab interior.

Bid #: 942 17
0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted to match the cab interior.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0606278 Tray, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip, Size

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S)
There will be one (1) tray(s) for mounting of equipment located on the mounting plate next to the officer, allow room on passenger side for arm rest, match 28976.

Each tray will have a 1.00" lip on four (4) sides. The size of the tray(s) will be 13'Wx22"Lx1"D.

Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.

Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0634206 Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A .25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel 1.00" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl.
0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.

Bid #: 942 18
0722038 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15,
CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.

Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions.

Air Conditioning
A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised.

Bid #: 942 19
0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0770893 Mounting Bracket, Map Box, Leveling

MAP BOX MOUNTING BRACKET
A bracket will be provided under the map box to keep it level on the engine tunnel. 0599959 Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be one (1) Velcro® strap(s) installed at final inspection. 0013560 Map box, 5 bin/30 Deg Slant, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

MAP BOX
A map box with five (5) bins, open at the top, will be installed RS EMS cabinet 0n exterior inboard side wall of cabinet (Match Job # 35932) with each bin being 12.50" wide x 2.25" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0558014 Storage Pockets, Nylon Netting for
Safety Vests

STORAGE POCKET
There will be two (2) storage pockets provided for safety vests. Each pocket will be designed to accommodate one (1) safety vest. The storage pockets will be located under the forward facing rear seats, one per side. Mount the netting on the actual seat riser not the bottom of the seat cushion.. The pockets will be constructed of black nylon netting. The storage pocket will be approximately 9.00" wide x 13.00" high closed and 13.00" wide when opened. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622617 Seating Capacity, 6 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be six (6).
0636957 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632923 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0748169 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x
30 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 30.00" high x 23.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 27.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch.

Bid #: 942 20
0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0748168 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x
30 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 30.00" high x 22.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 27.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0632947 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, SCBA, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA style with 90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632657 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (1) Pierce
PSV, SCBA, SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing seat provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushion designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632875 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, Hi-Back, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0752005 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a 1.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be two (2) cabinets(s) provided with the lip On top of driver side and passenger side rear facing EMS compartment.
0748170 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl,
38 W x 15 H x 18 D, Web, Notch,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING CENTER CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel.

The cabinet will be 38.00" wide x 15.00" high x 18.00" deep. The bottom of the cabinet will taper to match the angle of the engine tunnel. The back corners of the cabinet will be notched around the gravity drains.

The interior door will be web netting. The netting will be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with

2.00" openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom side of the cabinet and have 1.00" cam buckle fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening of the cabinet will be 35.50" wide x 12.00" high.

The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 1.25" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0566653 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, Turnout
Tuff

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be black Turnout Tuff material.

Bid #: 942 21
0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.

There will be a quantity of two (2) SCBA brackets.
0697223 SP Seat Mounting, Forward Facing,
Moved Rearward

SPECIAL SEAT MOUNTING
All forward facing seats will be mounted as far rearward as possible without having the front of the seat further back than the front of the seat riser. 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted

40.00" above the seat.
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series,
Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling
Mount

MAP LIGHT
There will be one (1) Sunnex®, HS76*-00, halogen map light(s) with swivel joint base provided in the cab and located match 35932. Each map light will have a square base with an on/off switch.

The light(s) will also be provided with a red lens.

The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the battery switched power. 0804719 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be four (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model #44451, hand lights provided with a vehicle mount with 12VDC direct wire charging rack and quick release buckle strap mounted Crew Cab, One (1) Under PS Forward Facing Seat, One (1) Under DS Forward Facing Seat, One (1) in LS3 and One (1) in RS3 final location at precon..

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a C4, LED and two (2) "ultra bright blue tail light LEDs". The tail light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. 0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Bid #: 942 22
Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Bid #: 942 23
Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one Bid #: 942 24
caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0777954 SP Light, Indicator, Jackknife Warning,
Wln 3S*00F*R
- There will be a Whelen Model 3S*00F*R, 3.00" diameter flashing indicator light with chrome trim in the cab in an overhead position TBD at pre-construction, that indicates jackknife position approaching the maximum allowable angle which is 60 degrees. The light(s) to include blue flashing LEDs and the warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. 0683556 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
M2R Red LED
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A Whelen, Model M2R flashing red indicator light with a chrome bezel, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located on the left side of the center instrument panel.
0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel.
0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0032828 No PTO switch req'd - w/aerial
piggyback
Bid #: 942 25
0820911 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 6th
NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be six (6) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate match 28976
Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821191 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
1st NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be 20 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate behind officer seat
Termination will be with a 10-place bus bar with screws and removable cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0547328 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Switch
Feature 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be six (6) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate One (1) LS3, One (1) RS4, Two (2) RS8 upper rear wall with a 5' coil leftover and Two (2) in LS7.

Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.

The circuits selected above will be controlled by a switch in the following locations:
no switch location
no additional switch location
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0772592 SP Speakers, Panasonic, (2) Additional,
Tiller Cab

ADDITIONAL RADIO SPEAKERS
There will be one (1) 2 channel amplifier install in the chassis cab. There will be a volume control with on off switch installed in the tiller cab in reach of the tiller driver. There will be two (2) Panasonic radio speakers installed in the tiller cab.
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth STEREO RADIO There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed within reach of the officer. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof.

The following Jensen features will be included:
180 watts max power (45W x 4); 100 watts RMS (25W x 4)
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A2DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with 30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition Bid #: 942 26
The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Bid #: 942 27
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA 7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degrees Celsius to 85 degrees Celsius.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected.

Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park.

Bid #: 942 28
0816632 SP Intercom, David Clark, 8-Pos, 3-Dual
Radio, (D, O, TC, RPTT), 4C, T

INTERCOM SYSTEM
An eight (8) position intercom system with dual radio interface at the driver position with two (2) Remote Push To Talk (RPTT) located SEE Switch Layout, the officer positions will be provided with two (2) RPTT located SEE Switch Layout and the Tiller cab positions will be provided with two (2) RPTT located See Switch Layout. Four (4) crew cab positions, at three (3) forward facing seats and two (2) rearward facing seats and the turntable will have intercom only.

The following David Clark, Model U3800 components will be supplied with this system:

Two (2) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Three (3) U3816 Dual Radio Interface Module (Driver, officer and Tiller cab) Six (6) David Clark RPTT Switches
One (1) U3800 Intercom Unit (2 forward facing Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power Cable
Two (2) U3802 Intercom Only Module (2 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Intercom Only Module (Turntable)
All necessary cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to With Radio Equipment .
0589947 Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be five (5) over the head, headset(s) provided See signed intercom drawing.

Each David Clark, Model H3432, headset will feature:
5' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA Each,
1900

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be five (5) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and tiller operator seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards for equipment mounting. 0663968 Install Customer Provided Drug Vault,
Knox Model #2 With WiFi, in Cab

KNOX-BOX®
There will be one (1) Knox-Box MedVault 2, surface mount with Ethernet cable will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed in the TBD at pre-con .

A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0699100 Install Customer Provided Key
Storage, Knox Box, in Cab

KNOX-BOX®
There will be one (1) Knox-Box(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed at TBD at pre-con. Specific shipping requirements will be followed.

A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key.
0687904 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be six (6) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed Match 35932 on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers Bid #: 942 29
containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution Bid #: 942 30
center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0816093 ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet &
On-scene Management, AT&T
Commercial

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure AT&T 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 5 year subscription.

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone™ diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60-day grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60-day grace period. By selecting this option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement. Customers will be provided with an initial login at the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the 60-day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.

Bid #: 942 31
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (6) 12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0812586 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-60, 60 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger 6012, product code 091-266-12-60, 60 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.

Bid #: 942 32
0814869 Location, Cab, Charger, Behind
Driver Seat
The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat. 0811943 Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091- 266-RCP included.
0814939 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door. 0515090 Display, Kussmaul Single Bat Status
Ind 091-94-12, Wired to Batteries

BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR
There will be a Kussmaul, Model 091-94-12, battery charge indicator installed Drivers seat riser (Match 35932).
0642936 Timer, Havis Chargeguard Select
CG-X
12 VOLT AUTO SHUT OFF TIMER
There will be a Havis, Model CG-X Chargeguard, automatic 12Vdc shut off timer located Inside the officer side MUX access door in best possible location (Match 35932) to protect 20A fuse block near the officer side dash (Match 35932) .

The timer will provide 18Vdc high and 11Vdc low voltage disconnect and an adjustable shut down delay timer with a load current rating of 30 amps.
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0658249 SP Alarm, Buzzer Signaling System,
Tiller, Special StaccatoTone, IPOS

TILLER BUZZER SIGNALING SYSTEM ALARM WITH SPECIAL TONE
The buzzer signaling system alarm provided in the tractor and tiller cab will have a staccato tone provided so as to distinguish itself from other truck alarms. 0026408 Wiring, Customer Installed Radio,
Battery-Direct, Ignition-Power &
Ground

CUSTOMER RADIO WIRING
There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include, one (1) battery direct, one (1) ignition and one (1) negative, for use with radio equipment. Each lead will be 18" long and be provided officer side overhead far right. The leads will be clearly marked and in a coil. A breaker rated for 20 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the battery direct powered lead with a minimum of 12 gauge wire. The ignition lead is for sensing purposes only.

The wires will be colored coded as follows:

Red for battery direct
Yellow for ignition
Black for ground
Bid #: 942 33
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab
FR

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be clear.
0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M62T*, amber LED directional lights provided Rear of reservoir compartment. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

Each light will be surface mounted in a 15 degree angled bracket with chrome housing.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be Steady On (Arrow). 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.

Bid #: 942 34
0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield.
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0514453 Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located on the trailer in the standard location at the rear. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804519 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw
w/Flange

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

The lights to include chrome trim.
0805618 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU

There will be two (2) Whelen® Model M62BU, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep backup lights with white LEDs, clear lenses and chrome trim provided. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.

Bid #: 942 35
0059809 Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500
LED, Location

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Weldon, Model: 9186-1500-10 or 9186-1500-20, LED marker lights installed on this apparatus, one (1) light each side per the quantity selected.

These lights will be activated with the headlight switch.

These lights will be located on top of the trailer catwalk directly above the tiller trailer axle. These lights will be installed into the rub rail or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage.

Amber lights will be used except for the rear most light at the rear of the apparatus which will be red.
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" lights with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (1) under the driver's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step one (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights. 0760732 SP Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp,
Tiller

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq part number T10-LC00-1, 1.28" high x 15.52" long x 0.48" deep lights with white LEDs provided per the following:

One (1) light under the left side turntable access steps One (1) light under the left side tiller cab access steps One (1) light under the right side tiller cab access steps One (1) light under the right side turntable access steps The lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied.
0552317 Lights, Perimeter, Wln 20C0CDCR

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be eight (8) lights in addition to the standard body perimeter light(s) installed under front bumper center, D2, P3, spilt under P4 and P5, split under D3 and D4, split under P6 and P7, under D5 rear of the air oulet, below rear ladder access center.

These additional light(s) will be Whelen, Model 20C0CDCR, 4.00" round LED light(s) with grommet(s).

These additional light(s) will be controlled the same as the other perimeter lights. 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0554516 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Aerial
Master

STEP LIGHTS
There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0550452 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SSLED, Stainless 1stSCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus, D/S in the trailer axle fender well, one facing rearward and one light facing forward.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
no additional switch location
left cornering lights activated with tiller cab left turn signal switch no additional switch location
ds/ps turn signal switch
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0690488 Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SSLED, Stainless 2nd SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus, P/S in the trailer axle fender well, one facing forward and one facing rear.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
Right Tiller Directional Switch
Turn SIgnal - DS/PS turn Signal (cab) Matching feature value of option 550452 within bid) These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

Bid #: 942 36
0666072 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M6ZC
LED Rear of Cab 2lts

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M6ZC LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges.

The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774948 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H1*, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and flood optics installed on the apparatus located, PS Upper Crew Cab (Match Job 35932).

The light(s) to be installed in a all black 15 degree vertical recessed bracket PBH103BB.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0775524 Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H1*, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and flood optics installed on the apparatus located, DS Upper Crew Cab (Match Job 35932).

The light(s) to be installed in a all black 15 degree vertical recessed bracket PBH103BB.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768928 Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 7,300 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on the body located, One (1) As far back as possible above LS3 One (1) As Far Forward as possible above LS6.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s).

The lights will be controlled when the battery switch is on and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s).

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768929 Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 7,300 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on the body located, One (1) As far back as possible above RS4 One (1) As Far Forward as possible above RS7.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s).

The lights will be controlled when the battery switch is on and by a switch in the tiller cab and by the same control that has been selected for the right side scene light(s).

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0736743 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s) and located on the tiller cab, PS of the tiller cab and on the catwalk above the forward portion of RS5.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch in the tiller cab.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0736755 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s) and located on the tiller cab, DS of the tiller cab and on the catwalk above the forward portion of LS4 (Match Job # 28976).

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch in the tiller cab.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 942 37
0889974 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 3rd
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and 40 degree x 20 degree flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light (s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket and located on the tiller cab, Back of Tiller Cab (Match Job 28976).

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in the tiller cab.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532322 Not Required, Hose Bed Lights, Alt.

Rear Scene Lights, Aerials
0645678 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
120/240 Volt Lights At Rear Body

0797313 Not Required, No Walking Surface,
NFPA
0090655 Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body

0554269 Body Skirt Height, 18"

0013481 Not Required, Hose Bed Capacity

0013534 Not Required, Running Boards

0690023 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0029503 Tow Eyes (2), Painted Lower Job
Color, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (2) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for 9000lb and painted to match the lower job color. 0090670 Construction, Compt, Alum, Tiller

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a 500 lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation will include a 3.00" steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one (1) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

Bid #: 942 38
0824055 SP Compt,Single Reserv,22.5"HTop Stg
Area w/Ctr Lift,Grating,F/D Ea
Side,Dbl Dr.47"

TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT
A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel.

The compartment on the left side will be approximately 44.00" wide x 37.75" high x 8.00" deep in the forward 10.63" of width, with the remainder of the compartment being 24.00" deep. The clear door opening will be 39.50" wide x 29.75" high.

The compartment on the right side will be approximately 44.00" wide x 36.75" high x 8.00" deep in the forward 10.63" of width, with the remainder of the compartment being 24.00" deep. The clear door opening will be 39.50" wide x 28.75" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised

1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components.

The transverse section will be approximately 34.38" wide x 15.50" high.

There will be two (2) LED strip lights mounted on the forward wall, one each side of the apparatus to illuminate this compartment.

The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment.

The compartment will be furnished with a double lap door on each side that has a D handle latch and positive door hold open device.

There shall be an additional upper storage area provided rearward of the reservoir components.

The size of this storage area will be approximately 14.00" wide x 22.50" high x 76.00" long. A lift up cover shall be provided on the top. The hinge shall be located towards the cab side and be located such that only the rear half of the cover opens up. A D-ring latch shall be provided on each end, as well as gas shocks to hold the cover open. To illuminate this area, an Amdor Model AY-9750-040 white light shall be provided running length-wise across the compartment. Hose grating shall be provided on the floor of this rearward storage area. 0652578 SP Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide, LS
Front,Tiller

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Left side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The transverse area to the right side will be approximately 20.00" high due to the generator mounting.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The upper 38.75" of this compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0036503 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, LS
Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0822192 SP Compt, F/H F/D Front Roll, Low Rear
Roll, Spec Cab Steps, Narrow Rear
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the left side.

The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 49.63" high x 24.50" deep in the lower 24.13" of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately 22.50" deep. The minimum clear door opening will be approximately 63.25" wide x 39.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 24.13" high x 21.25" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 36.25" wide x 16.87" high. The forward 21.25" of compartment width will be approximately 9.00" deep. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and have a roll-up door. 0652577 SP Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide,
RS Front,Tiller

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Right side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The transverse area to the left side will be approximately 20.00" high due to the generator mounting.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 47.75" high.

The upper 38.75" of this compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0036512 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, RS
Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.

Bid #: 942 39
0793424 Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll,
Center Lift Past 90, Special Cab
Steps,78"Wide
Three (3) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the right side.

The compartment directly above the rear wheels will be approximately 57.00" wide x 19.63" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 52.25" wide x 13.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. This lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately 120 degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 49.63" high x 21.00" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 36.25" wide x 39.87" high. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and will have a roll-up door. The forward 21.25" of compartment width and 24.25" of compartment height will be 9.00" deep.
0594014 Doors, Amdor, Rollup, Side
Compartments

ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
There will be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand roll-up doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model J236 for all compartment doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0544873 Bumper, Rear, Rub Rail, Aerial

REAR BUMPER
An aluminum rub rail will be provided at the rear of the unit. It will extend the full width of the compartments.
0688458 SP Scuffplate, Location

SCUFFPLATE
There will be Two (2) scuffplatespolished stainless steel scuffplates furnished On the top rail of the aerial egress, from the bolted location out to where the front starts to curve. Please make these 3 sided plates to wrap the top and sides of the upper egress section 0062742 Compartment Door(s), Open Past 90
Degrees

COMPARTMENT DOOR MODIFICATION
There will be one (1) compartment door that will be provided with the capability to open past 90 degrees.

The door(s) to receive this modification are located P2. 0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be 12 compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed all body roll up door compartments. 0028546 D-Ring Latch for Free Door, Lap
Doors

FREE DOOR D-RING LATCH
A D-ring style latch will be provided on the free door for three (3) compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a free door latch(es), will be LS7, RS8 and R1. 0641823 Electric Door Locks, Body Doors, Lap

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be three (3) door(s) located LS7, RS8, RS2 equipped with electric locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located With roll-up door control switch (LS Aerial Stabilizer control). In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available.

Bid #: 942 40
0641826 Electric Door Locks, Body Doors,
Amdor

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be twelve (12) door(s) located Within Stabilizer Control Box LS equipped with electric locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located RS1, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6, RS7, LS1, LS2, LS3, LS4, LS5 and LS6. In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available.
0642303 Master Control, Electric Door Locks,
Body Drs and Cab Drs,
Vel/Imp,DCF,Enf

CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
The electric body door locks will be locked or unlocked with the cab controls.

In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available. 0074012 Scuffplate, Brushed S/S, Inside
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE, INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR
There will be four (4) compartment doors that have a brushed stainless steel scuffplate. The scuffplate will cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of the door pan.

The compartment door(s) that will receive the scuffplate will be for the D7, P8 compartment(s). 0689549 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be thirteen (13) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in compartment(s): all side bod compartments, D7/P8 are inluded with reservoir compartment option.

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689539 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 36", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be one (1) Pierce LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located overhead in R1. Each light will be 36.00" in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689540 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 27", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be two (2) Pierce LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located reservoir compartment rear door frame each side. Each light will be 27.00" in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689541 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 9", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be one (1) Pierce LED light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located overhead in R2.

Each light will be 9.00" in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0603420 Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be eight (8) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS2, LS3, LS5, LS6, RS3, RS4, RS6 and RS7. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s) and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0687112 Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be seven (7) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be Two (2) in D3 - see photo, two (2) in P4 at 18" and 32.5", D2 upper - see photo, D2 lower - see photo, P3 upper at 32.5".
0638569 Shelves, Fixed, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Painted Spatter Gray

FIXED SHELVES
There will be one (1) shelf with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit.

The location will be D4/P5 full width, mounted 7.00" above the floor extensions. This dmension is needed for the rescue jacks being installed on P5 above the floor extension.

Bid #: 942 41
0015364 Tray, 500 lb, Slide-out, 2-Way, Utility,
Adj Height, 3" Sides, Full Trans
TWO (2) WAY SLIDE-OUT UTILITY TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

Each tray will be rated for up to 500 lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded.

The tray will have 3.00" high sides, will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The vertical location of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located D5/P6 at 19", D6/P7 at 20.5". 0083986 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located in LS5 and LS6.
0510777 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, 1/2 Trans

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

The bottom of each tray will be constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

The tray will be half depth of the transverse compartment.

A spring-loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located D6, P7 at 32.5" - painted compartment interior. 0646005 Tray, Floor Mounted, Utility, Two Way
Slide-Out, 500lb, 3" Sides, Full Trans

TWO (2) WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided in D4/P5 side by side with shelf track for Customer installed toolboard mounted in each tray - see photo. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks.

The corners will be welded. The finish will be painted spatter gray.

The tray will be 3.00" high x full depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0646301 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
Aluminum Plate, Flat Top

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided TBD at precon. A rating on this tray will not be provided due to the elimination of sides. The tray(s) will be constructed of 0.25" thick aluminum plate. The tray will be flat with no sides or flanges. The finish of the tray will be with a brushed finish.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

Bid #: 942 42
0647091 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be five (5) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted nightspots.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be RS4, RS5, LS4, LS5 and RS7.
0799600 SP Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, 1.00"
Sides Front/Rear, Three (3) Slides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided P3. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" aluminum. The tray will have 1.00" flanges on the front and rear.

There will be three (3) undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0811095 SP Respond Ready Storage w/4
Drawers, Painted & Powder Coated,
38"W, 4"/4"/4"/6"

TOOL BOX
There will be one (1) Respond Ready heavy duty drawer system(s) with four (4) drawers installed floor of LS3 (Match Job 28976).

The drawer system will consist of one (1) flat top shelf, side panels with 1/2 inch risers, heavy duty 500lb slides, lock-out drawers, single handle latching hardware, powder coated front panels and galvanized components.

The unit will be painted red.

The drawers will be configured in a drawer system measuring 19.70" H x 38.00" W x 23.70" D exterior dimensions.

Drawers will consist of one (1) 6.00" drawer (bottom) and three (3) 4.00" drawers.

Each drawer will contain four (4) dividers.
0646185 Toolboard, Slide-out, Alum, .188",
Peg Board, "L"-Shaped

SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD
A slide-out aluminum toolboard will be provided. The tool board will be designed to include the upper and lower sections of the compartment.

It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with .281" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. A handhold cutout will be provided on the outboard edge of the toolboard.

The board will be mounted on an undermount-roller bearing type slide rated at 250 lb with a factor of safety of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for pushin or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

The slide will be mounted stationary within the compartment.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed P7.
0726429 Partition, Vertical Compt, Transverse
Compt, Aerials/HDRs

PARTITION IN TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT
One (1) partition will be bolted in full width in RS7 and LS6 rearward, mounted 10.00" clear from door frame (Match Job 28976). Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. 0726451 Partition, Vertical Compt

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (1) partition will be bolted in LS7 and RS8 to enclose the cylinder (install with nutserts to make removable (Match Job 28976). Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.

Bid #: 942 43
0614922 Dura Surf, Additional, Location

SCUFF RESISTANT MATERIAL
two (2) additional areas will be protected with Dura Surf material. The locations will be Floor of Stokes/Little Giant storage box.
0650491 DuraSurf, Compartment Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
DuraSurf will be provided on the floor of one (1) compartment(s). The compartment below R1 compartment(s) will be lined.
0004005 Aluminum Treadplate on
Compartment Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
Aluminum treadplate will be provided on the floor of one (1) compartments. The locations will be, P6.

The edges of the treadplate will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion. 0539811 Box, Poly Tool

TOOL BOX
A tool box will be furnished.

The outside size will be 20.00" long x 12.00" wide x 12.00" deep.

The tool box will be black in color.

Construction will be of .50" polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded. A cut out carrying handle will be provided on each end.

There will be four (4) provided. It will be located three (3) in D5 on the floor mounted tray, one (1) ship loose.
0062168 Cable Release, Tilt Tray, IAT Std
Latches

CABLE RELEASE
A cable release will be provided to allow one handed operation of the latches for slide out tilt trays. A cable will connect the two pull knobs so when you pull the cable from the center, it will release the dual knobs and release the tray. Cable will be plastic coated.

A total of four (4) will be provided all slide out tilt trays. 0817125 SP Tray, 1" Sides, Fixed Floor Mount,
S/S, Unpainted

FLOOR MOUNTED FIXED TRAY
There will be one (1) fixed floor mount tray with 1.00" sides, front, and rear.

A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to reduced side height being less than

2.00".

Tray location will be RS6 floor match 28976. Power unit to match mounting of 28976, streamline connections to be facing forward. Tray mounted towards to rear section of the floor in RS6.

The tray will be bolted to the floor of the compartment for a permanent mount. The tray will be constructed of stainless steel and unpainted.
0661232 Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes,
Divider, Smooth Alum Sngl Pan Dr, D
Ring,Tiller

COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TOW EYES
A compartment will be supplied at the rear of the unit, above the rear bumper. It will be 8.50" high x 25.75" wide x 27.00" deep. The compartment will have two fixed dividers equally spaced to create three equal storage areas. The compartment will have a single-pan smooth aluminum drop-down door with a D-ring latch.
0660727 Louvers, Non-Standard Location, Per
Compartment

COMPARTMENT LOUVER, NON-STANDARD LOCATION
The louver(s) located in the P8 and D7 compartments will be provided rear inboard wall of D7 and P8, these shall be installed on the removable air tank cover within each compartment.. The quantity of louvers with non-standard locations is two (2). 0027093 Rack, Air Bags Inside Compartment,
6-Slot

AIR BAG STORAGE
There will be a rack installed for storing six (6) air bags in the D4 mounted on the floor extension centered compartment.

The rack will be fabricated from painted Nightspots 909017 .125" aluminum. The fire department will provide exact sizes of air bags prior to construction. The size of the air bags will be (2) @ 24" x 25" x 1.00", (2) @ 21" x 20" x 1.00", (1) @ 15" x 22" x1.00", (1) @ 7" x 7" x.1.00 (air bag size). 0050308 Rear of Body, Smooth Aluminum
Sheet

REAR WALL
The entire rear surface of the apparatus and all the doors will be covered with smooth aluminum. 0796214 Floor Extension, Compartment, 2.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 2.00" vertical downturned lip and a 1.00" return flange.

A total of four (4) will be provided and located LS4 and RS5.

Bid #: 942 44
0796215 Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Upturned Lip

A total of one (1) will be provided and located D6 rear of vertical partition to support the pike pole storage.
0796216 Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 1.00" vertical downturned lip and no return flange.

A total of one (1) will be provided and located D6 rear of vertical partition to support the pike pole storage.
0013202 Strap, Nylon w/Velcro

STRAP
There will be twelve (12) black 2.00" wide nylon strap(s) provided sized to hold two (2) blowers on the floor tray in P3 - size to be determined at post paint, match 28976, two to restrain the air bags in D4, and 8 mounted to restrain the SCBA bottles in D2. The strap(s) will be fastened with Velcro in the center.
0027090 Tracks, Equipment Mounting,
Horizontal

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be eight (8) sets of tracks for mounting equipment. These tracks will be installed horizontally on the back wall of the compartment(s).

The compartment(s) with mounting tracks will be on the two trays in D4/P5. Mount four of them per tray as if the tool board was being installed. Customer is providing tool board from 28976. 0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of
Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0510626 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Wider
Than Standard

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.
0558496 Handrails, Access to Tiller Cab, UShaped, Knurled Aluminum, Front Each Side

TILLER CAB HANDRAILS
A U-shaped handrail will be installed on each side of the truck on the forward side of the tiller cab access steps. The handrail will extend upward from the existing tiller cab handrail and form a Ushape approximately 10.00" high above the top of the body. The standard handrail will be provided on the rearward side of the steps. Handrails will be 1.25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a knurled design, to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. 0505105 Handle, Grab, Chrome, Each

CHROME GRAB HANDLE
One (1) handrail, chrome plated grab handle, will be mounted on top of the hinged reservoir compartment door centered.
0004154 Handrail, Extra - 10" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (2) handrails, 10.00" long, will be mounted forward of D2 and P3 vertical for platform step.

The handrail will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0024205 Holder, Air Bottle w/CRS Strap, Body
Compt Mount w/Tracks

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
Three (3) brackets will be provided for mounting air bottles. Each bracket will be a Ziamatic, model UN-6-30-3-SF, and contain a collision restraint strap. It will be mounted on tracks and used for adjusting the location of the bracket within the compartment. The brackets will be installed in compartment one in P1, two shipped loose.
0024210 Storage Bin, Air Bottle

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of 16 air bottles. This storage bin will be installed floor of D2. Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be 7.50" square x 23.00" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura-surf.

Bid #: 942 45
0724007 SP Storage Bin, Extinguisher, One, 45
Degree Tilt Out

EXTINGUISHER STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of one (1) hand held fire extinguisher. This storage bin will be installed PS compartment behind crew cab door (watercan) DS compartment behind crew cab door (drychem). Each bin will be size to hold an extinguisher that is the following diameter and height: Watercan (PS) 24.5" Tall x 8" Diameter Dry Chem (DS) 24" Tall x 8.5" Diameter. The bin will tilt out 45 degrees and be formed out of aluminum with Dura-surf on the floor. 0004218 Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be two (2) 35' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided.
0010406 Ladder, 28' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-
Section

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDERS
There will be two (2) 28' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided and located in the ladder storage compartment. 0074230 Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 20' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 875-A roof ladder(s) provided. 0654575 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 10' aluminum roof ladder(s), Series 775, with roof hooks on both ends provided aerial base section.
0044235 Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 16' roof, aluminum, Series 875-A provided. 0024233 Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder

0004246 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

AERIAL FOLDING LADDER
There will be one (1) 10' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 585-A folding ladder(s) provided and located in the ladder storage compartment.
0680193 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged
Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door
Brkt, Tiller

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders will be removable from the center rear of the apparatus.

The ladders will be individually stored in stainless steel slides and will be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.

Vertically hinged double lap doors will be provided at the rear to close the ladder compartment.

Doors will be of double pan aluminum construction. Single sheet aluminum doors will not be considered.

The lock door will be latched with Eberhard latches with "D" ring handles. There will be a Cast Products grabber door stay bracket provided on the outside of each door to hold it in the open position.
0568188 SP Trough(s), Additional Equipment
Storage, Compartment DS Rear Wall,
Tiller

STORAGE TROUGHS
There will be two (2) stainless steel trough(s) provided in driver side. The trough(s) will be sized to fit 6' Nupla Vent Hookl RH-6DA and 10' Nupla Vent Hook RH-10DA. 0602100 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be 21.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip lights in the torque box ladder storage compartment. One (1) light will be provided on each side of the ladder storage area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0024245 Trough, Mounting Folding Ladder FOLDING LADDER TROUGH A stainless steel trough will be provided for mounting the folding ladder. 0661513 SP Door, Lift Up, Extend Past 90
Degrees, Tiller

LADDER STORAGE DOOR
The lift up ladder storage door will open past 90 degrees.

Bid #: 942 46
0889410 SP Compt, Above Rr Comp, T/P, Lift Past
90 Drs,Stokes & Ladder,Ea Side
Acc,Till

COMPARTMENT FOR STOKES & LADDER STORAGE
A treadplate compartment assembly will be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and a ladder. The box will be divided in the center to provide two (2) separate storage areas. The compartment will be located on top of the rear body, forward of the boom support. The overall length of the box will be the width of the top of the rear body.

The rear area will store a stokes basket that is 84.50" long x 24.00" wide x 7.50" high. The stokes will be centered in the box (as applicable).

The front area will store a Little Giant Classic Model 17 - 10102. The ladder will be stored toward the left side of the apparatus. There will be a vertical partition in this area to allow miscellaneous storage opposite of the ladder, if applicable (depending on ladder length).

There will be two (2) lift up aluminum treadplate doors on each side with a D-handle latch on each door and pneumatic cylinders that allow the doors to lift up past 90 degrees.

The compartment will be reinforced so it can withstand the weight of a person. 0004999 Pike Pole, 12' Nupla, Fiberglass,
Featherlight, YPD-12
PIKE POLES - 12FT
There will be three (3) 12 foot Nupla YPD-12 pike pole(s) wih featherlight handles provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0024337 Pike Pole, 8' Nupla, Featherlight,
Aerial

PIKE POLES
two (2) Eight foot Nupla Pike Pole(s): "Featherlite" handles 0014347 Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Featherlight,
YPD-6, Aerial
PIKE POLE 6 FT
There will be two (2) Nupla 6 foot pike pole(s) with featherlight handles provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0548410 Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3'
0003071 Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Roof Vent Hook,
RH-6DA, w/Aluminum D Handle

6' PIKE POLE
There will be four (4) 6' Nupla Model RH-6DA fiberglass roof/vent rubbish hook with aluminum "D" handle provided.
0024892 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6

PIKE POLE
There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model RH-6, 6' long New York Roof Hook with steel handle and pry end provided and located rear outboard pike pole compartment on driver side. 0089339 Pike Pole, 10' Nupla, Vent Hook, RH10DA, w/D Handle - one (1) 10 foot Nupla Ventilation Hook(s): Fiberglass w/"D" handle 0770577 Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, Aluminum

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be aluminum tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of two (2) pike poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0811101 SP Pike Pole Storage Rack, Transverse
Compt (No Poles), (4) Troughs/(2)
Tubes

PIKE POLE STORAGE RACK
A storage rack will be provided in the transverse compartment located Match Job 28796 deleted option 607374. The rack will consist of four (4) troughs and two (2) tubes. The troughs will be mounted one above the other with the tubes side by side above the top trough. 0779224 SP Trough for D-Handled Pike Pole

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Stainless steel trough(s) will be provided for the storage of two (2) pike poles. The pike poles to be stored will be One (1) Nupla 10' D handle rubbish hook and One (1) Nupla 6' D Handle Rubbish Hook. The trough(s) will be installed Drive side rear storage compartment ( Match Job # 28976).
0565794 SP Compt, Pike Pole, BackBoard,
Miscellaneous, Storage, DS Rear
Wall, Tiller

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be storage for pike poles, backboard, and miscellaneous items provided at the rear, in the upper portion of the left side rear wall.

The compartment will be equipped with aluminum tubing for storage of six (6) pike poles. The pike poles being stored in this compartment will be make/model and sized; two (2) 6' Nupla Featherlight, two (2) 8' Nupla Featherlight, two (2) 6' Fire Hooks New York Roof Hook.

The backboard will be 74.00" long x 21.00" wide x 3.00" high.

Each compartment will have a single pan smooth aluminum vertically hinged, to outside of the body, door with lift and turn latch.
0004361 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located in ladder storage compartment. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.

Bid #: 942 47
0010458 Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity,
w/Morton Cass

SLIDE-OUT PLATFORM
Two (2) slideout platforms will be provided. The capacity rating will be 500# in the extended position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each platform will be made of .12 polished aluminum treadplate with a Morton Cass insert to provide a non-skid surface.

There will be an Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW0** white 12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate the ground area.

The location will be under LS2 & RS3 (to assist in removing the stokes basket and Little Giant ladder).
0067658 Not Required, Step, Slide-Out Pump
Op. Platform
0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step,
Not Required
0046495 Not Required, Pump Access, No
Pump
0001836 No Light, No Pump Compartment

0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757076 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS

Right side lanyard. The lanyard to be a nylon rope.
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0815744 Control, Air Horn, Push Button Sw,
Turntable
Push button switch located at the aerial turntable. The control to be available when the parking brake is applied.
0039704 Air Horn Switch As Primary/Electric
Horn As Secondary

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A "Code 3", model 3692, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Bid #: 942 48
0601552 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Inbrd (Pos 2)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B siren will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number 24213 power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS

Right side foot switch.
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0605488 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRR